| blob | 32f2a179c3763a235ca7cdda5af77d8a70373dac |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1106 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1107 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1109 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1110 will be buffer-local when set.
1117 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1124 noninteractive functions.
1126 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1127 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1129 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1130 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1135 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1140 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1141 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1142 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1144 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1145 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1146 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1147 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1152 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1158 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1159 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1160 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1165 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1166 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1167 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1168 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1169 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1172 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1173 names and values of properties.
1175 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1180 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1181 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1182 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1187 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1188 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1189 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1190 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1191 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1193 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1195 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1196 documentation strings.
1198 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1204 ;;;***
1205 \f
1206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1207 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1210 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1211 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1212 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1213 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1214 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1216 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1217 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1218 archive.
1224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1226 ;;;***
1227 \f
1228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1229 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1232 Major mode for editing arrays.
1234 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1235 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1236 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1238 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1240 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1241 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1242 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1244 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1245 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1246 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1247 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1248 The variables are:
1250 Variables you assign:
1251 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1252 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1253 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1254 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1255 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1256 row numbers in the buffer.
1258 Variables which are calculated:
1259 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1260 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1262 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1263 take a numeric prefix argument):
1281 between that of point and mark.
1289 newlines inside rows)
1293 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1297 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1299 ;;;***
1300 \f
1301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1306 Toggle Artist mode.
1307 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1308 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1309 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1311 How to quit Artist mode
1316 How to submit a bug report
1321 Drawing with the mouse:
1323 mouse-2
1324 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1325 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1326 below).
1328 mouse-1
1329 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1330 or pastes:
1332 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1333 --------------------------------------------------------------
1334 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1335 to new point
1336 --------------------------------------------------------------
1337 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1338 --------------------------------------------------------------
1339 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1340 --------------------------------------------------------------
1341 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1342 --------------------------------------------------------------
1343 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1346 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1348 --------------------------------------------------------------
1349 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1350 --------------------------------------------------------------
1351 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1352 lines
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1358 Paste Paste Paste
1359 --------------------------------------------------------------
1360 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1361 --------------------------------------------------------------
1363 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1364 or diagonally.
1366 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1367 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1368 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1369 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1370 poly-lines.
1372 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1373 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1374 overwrite means the opposite.
1376 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1377 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1378 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1380 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1382 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1385 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1386 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1387 are currently drawing something.
1389 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1390 some time to fill.
1393 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1394 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1397 Settings
1399 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1401 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1403 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1405 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1407 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1408 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1410 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1413 Drawing with keys
1416 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1418 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1419 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1420 When pasting: Pastes
1424 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1434 Arrows
1437 of the line/poly-line
1440 of the line/poly-line
1443 Selecting operation
1445 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1469 Variables
1471 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1474 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1475 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1476 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1477 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1478 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1479 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1480 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1481 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1482 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1483 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1484 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1485 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1486 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1487 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1488 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1489 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1490 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1494 Hooks
1496 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1499 Keymap summary
1505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1507 ;;;***
1508 \f
1509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1513 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1514 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1521 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1524 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1525 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1527 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1529 Special commands:
1534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1536 ;;;***
1537 \f
1538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1539 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1542 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1543 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1558 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1567 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1570 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1571 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1577 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1579 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1580 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1583 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1584 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1585 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1587 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1589 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1591 For example:
1593 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1603 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1604 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1605 for a description of this minor mode.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1613 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1615 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1616 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1619 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1620 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1628 ;;;***
1629 \f
1630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1634 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1640 ;;;***
1641 \f
1642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1646 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1647 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1659 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1660 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1661 for a description of this minor mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1675 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1681 ;;;***
1682 \f
1683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1684 ;;;;;; 0))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1694 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1695 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1697 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1698 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1699 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1700 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1701 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1703 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1708 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1709 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1710 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1711 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1713 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1714 directory or directories specified.
1716 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1717 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1718 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1719 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1720 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1721 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1726 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1727 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1728 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1729 should be non-nil).
1733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1735 ;;;***
1736 \f
1737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1738 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1741 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1743 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1744 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1746 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1747 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1748 disk changes.
1750 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1751 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1753 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1754 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1755 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1760 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1762 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1768 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1770 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1771 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1773 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1774 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1775 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1776 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1777 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1779 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1780 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1781 writing before you save the file!
1783 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1784 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1786 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1791 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1793 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1799 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1800 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1801 for a description of this minor mode.
1802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1809 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1811 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1812 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1815 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1816 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1818 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1819 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1820 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1821 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1822 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1824 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1825 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1827 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1828 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1829 specifies in the mode line.
1833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1835 ;;;***
1836 \f
1837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1838 ;;;;;; 0))
1839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1843 ;;;***
1844 \f
1845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1849 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1850 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1857 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1858 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1859 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1861 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1862 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1863 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1865 Effects of the different modes:
1866 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1867 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1868 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1869 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1870 a random distance & direction.
1871 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1872 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1873 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1876 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1883 ;;;***
1884 \f
1885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1891 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1893 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1894 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1895 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1903 ;;;***
1904 \f
1905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1910 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1911 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1912 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1917 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1918 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1919 for a description of this minor mode.
1920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1927 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1932 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1933 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1934 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1935 seconds.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1948 Time execution of FORMS.
1949 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1950 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1951 FORMS once.
1952 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1953 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1954 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1961 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1962 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1963 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1964 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1971 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1972 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1973 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1974 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1980 ;;;***
1981 \f
1982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1987 ;;;***
1988 \f
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1993 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1994 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1995 of corresponding buffers.
1996 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1997 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1998 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1999 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
2000 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
2002 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2003 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2004 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2009 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2011 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2013 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2015 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2018 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2019 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2020 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2021 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2025 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2028 Special information:
2032 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2033 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2034 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2039 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2045 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2046 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2047 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2048 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2049 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2050 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2051 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2053 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2055 ----------------------------------------------------------
2056 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2057 if that value is non-nil.
2064 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2065 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2066 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2067 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2068 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2069 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2070 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2071 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2072 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2073 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2074 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2080 ;;;***
2081 \f
2082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2083 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2087 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2093 ;;;***
2094 \f
2095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2100 ;;;***
2101 \f
2102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2105 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2109 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2110 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2115 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2120 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2126 ;;;***
2127 \f
2128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2129 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2132 Play blackbox.
2133 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2135 What is blackbox?
2137 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2138 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2139 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2140 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2141 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2142 your score.
2144 Overview of play:
2147 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2148 four.
2150 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2151 movement keys.
2153 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2154 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2156 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2159 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2161 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2162 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2163 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2164 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2166 Details:
2168 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2170 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2171 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2172 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2173 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2175 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2176 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2177 denoted by the letter `R'.
2179 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2180 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2181 denoted by the letter `H'.
2183 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2184 example.
2186 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2187 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2188 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2189 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2191 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2192 ray.
2194 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2195 degree deflection it causes.
2197 1
2198 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2200 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2201 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2202 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2203 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2204 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2205 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2206 2 3
2208 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2209 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2212 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2213 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2214 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2215 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2217 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2218 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2219 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2221 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2222 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2223 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2224 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2225 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2226 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2227 emerging from the box.
2229 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2231 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2232 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2233 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2234 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2235 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2236 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2237 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2238 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2240 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2241 a reflection.
2245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2247 ;;;***
2248 \f
2249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2256 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2257 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2258 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2259 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2260 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2265 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2266 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2268 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2269 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2270 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2271 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2272 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2273 recent one.
2275 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2276 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2277 yank successive words.
2279 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2280 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2281 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2282 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2283 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2286 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2287 the list of bookmarks.)
2292 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2293 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2295 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2296 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2297 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2298 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2299 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2300 ever deletes the most recent one.
2302 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2303 is nil, raise an error.
2305 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2306 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2307 yank successive words.
2309 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2310 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2311 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2312 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2313 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2316 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2317 the list of bookmarks.)
2322 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2323 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2324 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2325 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2326 this.
2328 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2329 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2330 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2331 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2333 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2334 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2336 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2337 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2338 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2343 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2348 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2350 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2351 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2352 after a bookmark was set in it.
2357 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2359 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2360 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2367 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2368 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2369 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2371 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2372 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2373 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2375 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2376 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2377 name.
2382 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2383 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2385 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2386 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2387 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2388 this.
2393 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2395 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2396 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2398 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2399 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2400 probably because we were called from there.
2405 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2412 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2413 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2414 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2415 \(second argument).
2417 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2418 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2419 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2420 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2421 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2423 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2425 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2426 `bookmark-default-file'.
2431 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2432 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2433 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2434 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2435 while loading.
2437 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2438 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2439 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2440 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2441 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2442 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2444 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2445 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2451 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2452 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2453 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2454 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2463 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2467 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2469 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2473 ;;;***
2474 \f
2475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2478 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2479 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2480 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2481 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2483 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2484 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2485 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2486 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2489 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2493 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2494 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2495 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2496 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2498 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2502 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2503 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2504 narrowed.
2506 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2509 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2511 \(fn)" t nil)
2513 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2514 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2516 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2518 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2521 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2522 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2523 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2524 first, if that exists.
2526 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2527 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2528 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2529 ignore it).
2530 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2531 as ARGS.
2533 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2537 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2538 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2539 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2545 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2546 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2547 says which browser to use.
2549 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2551 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2553 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2554 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2556 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2560 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2561 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2563 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2564 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2565 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2566 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2573 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2580 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2581 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2582 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2584 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2585 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2586 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2587 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2590 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2591 new tab in an existing window instead.
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2600 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2601 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2603 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2604 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2605 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2607 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2608 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2609 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2611 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2612 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2619 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2620 Chromium.
2621 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2626 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2627 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2628 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2630 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2631 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2632 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2633 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2635 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2636 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2637 new tab in an existing window instead.
2639 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2640 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2644 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2647 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2649 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2652 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2653 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2654 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2656 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2657 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2658 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2659 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2661 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2662 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2664 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2666 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2668 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2669 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2672 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2673 program is invoked according to the variable
2674 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2676 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2677 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2678 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2679 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2681 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2682 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2684 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2686 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2688 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2689 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2690 Default to the URL around or before point.
2692 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2693 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2694 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2696 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2697 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2698 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2699 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2701 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2702 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2706 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2708 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2709 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2710 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2711 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2713 When called interactively, if variable
2714 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2715 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2716 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2717 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2719 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2720 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2721 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2723 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2724 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2726 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2728 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2729 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2730 Default to the URL around or before point.
2732 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2733 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2734 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2736 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2737 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2739 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2741 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2742 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2743 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2744 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2746 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2748 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2750 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2751 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2752 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2753 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2754 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2755 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2756 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2758 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2760 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2761 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2762 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2763 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2764 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2766 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2767 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2768 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2769 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2771 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2772 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2774 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2776 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2777 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2778 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2779 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2780 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2781 current one.
2783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2784 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2785 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2786 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2791 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2793 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2794 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2795 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2796 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2797 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2798 don't offer a form of remote control.
2800 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2802 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2803 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2804 Default to the URL around or before point.
2805 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2807 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2810 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2811 Default to the URL around the point.
2813 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2814 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2816 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2817 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2819 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2823 ;;;***
2824 \f
2825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2826 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2827 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2829 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2830 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2831 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2832 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2834 \(fn)" t nil)
2836 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2837 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2838 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2839 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2841 \(fn)" t nil)
2843 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2844 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2849 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2851 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2852 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2853 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2858 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2859 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2860 name of buffer configuration.
2862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2866 ;;;***
2867 \f
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2871 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2872 Play Bubbles game.
2874 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2876 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2877 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2878 columns on its right towards the left.
2885 \(fn)" t nil)
2887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2889 ;;;***
2890 \f
2891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2892 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2895 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2897 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2899 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2900 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2907 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2908 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2914 ;;;***
2915 \f
2916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2917 ;;;;;; 0))
2918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2922 ;;;***
2923 \f
2924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2925 ;;;;;; 0))
2926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2927 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2928 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2929 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2931 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2933 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2934 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2935 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2936 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2937 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2938 else the global value will be modified.
2940 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2942 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2943 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2944 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2945 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2946 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2947 else the global value will be modified.
2949 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2951 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2952 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2953 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2955 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2958 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2959 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2960 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2962 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2963 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2964 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2965 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2966 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2967 before scanning it.
2969 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2970 that already has a `.elc' file.
2972 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2973 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2975 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2976 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2977 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2978 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2979 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2980 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2982 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2985 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2986 Print the result in the echo area.
2987 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2991 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2992 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2993 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2995 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2997 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2998 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2999 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3000 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3001 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3002 all functions called by those functions.
3004 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3005 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3006 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3008 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3009 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3010 invoked interactively.
3012 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3015 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3016 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3017 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3019 \(fn)" nil nil)
3021 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3022 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3023 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3024 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3025 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3027 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3028 already up-to-date.
3030 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3032 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3033 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3034 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3035 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3037 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3038 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3039 and corresponding effects.
3041 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3048 ;;;;;; 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3056 ;;;;;; 0))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3059 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3063 ;;;***
3064 \f
3065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3066 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3067 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3076 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3078 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3080 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3084 ;;;***
3085 \f
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3087 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3092 ;;;***
3093 \f
3094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3095 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3098 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3099 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3100 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3101 from the cursor position.
3103 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3107 ;;;***
3108 \f
3109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3114 ;;;***
3115 \f
3116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3117 ;;;;;; 0))
3118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3122 ;;;***
3123 \f
3124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3125 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3132 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3137 ;;;***
3138 \f
3139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3140 ;;;;;; 0))
3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3145 ;;;***
3146 \f
3147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3152 ;;;***
3153 \f
3154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3159 ;;;***
3160 \f
3161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3162 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3167 ;;;***
3168 \f
3169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3174 ;;;***
3175 \f
3176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3181 ;;;***
3182 \f
3183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3185 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3187 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3195 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3197 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3198 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3200 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3202 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3203 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3204 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3205 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3207 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3209 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3210 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3211 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3212 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3214 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3216 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3218 This is most useful in the X window system.
3220 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3222 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3224 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3226 See calc-keypad for details.
3228 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3230 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3231 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3233 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3235 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3236 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3238 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3241 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3243 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3245 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3246 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3249 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3251 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3252 Define Calc function.
3254 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3255 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3256 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3258 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3259 actual Lisp function name.
3261 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3263 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3265 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3269 ;;;***
3270 \f
3271 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3272 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3277 ;;;***
3278 \f
3279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3284 ;;;***
3285 \f
3286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3287 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3291 ;;;***
3292 \f
3293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3298 ;;;***
3299 \f
3300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3305 ;;;***
3306 \f
3307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3312 ;;;***
3313 \f
3314 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3315 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3316 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3320 ;;;***
3321 \f
3322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3327 ;;;***
3328 \f
3329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3334 ;;;***
3335 \f
3336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3344 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3348 ;;;***
3349 \f
3350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3355 ;;;***
3356 \f
3357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3362 ;;;***
3363 \f
3364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3369 ;;;***
3370 \f
3371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3376 ;;;***
3377 \f
3378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3379 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3383 ;;;***
3384 \f
3385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3386 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3390 ;;;***
3391 \f
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3397 ;;;***
3398 \f
3399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3404 ;;;***
3405 \f
3406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3411 ;;;***
3412 \f
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3418 ;;;***
3419 \f
3420 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3421 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3426 ;;;***
3427 \f
3428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3433 ;;;***
3434 \f
3435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3447 ;;;***
3448 \f
3449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3454 ;;;***
3455 \f
3456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3461 ;;;***
3462 \f
3463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3468 ;;;***
3469 \f
3470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3475 ;;;***
3476 \f
3477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3489 ;;;***
3490 \f
3491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3496 ;;;***
3497 \f
3498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3515 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3518 \(fn N)" t nil)
3520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3522 ;;;***
3523 \f
3524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3529 ;;;***
3530 \f
3531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3536 ;;;***
3537 \f
3538 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3539 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3551 ;;;***
3552 \f
3553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3558 ;;;***
3559 \f
3560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3561 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3565 ;;;***
3566 \f
3567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3568 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3572 ;;;***
3573 \f
3574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3577 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3578 Run the Emacs calculator.
3579 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3585 ;;;***
3586 \f
3587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3588 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3590 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3591 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3592 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3593 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3594 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3595 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3597 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3598 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3599 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3600 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3601 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3602 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3603 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3605 window.
3607 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3608 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3610 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3611 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3612 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3613 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3614 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3615 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3617 Runs the following hooks:
3619 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3620 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3621 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3623 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3629 ;;;***
3630 \f
3631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3634 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3635 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3637 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3639 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3640 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3641 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3642 it fails.
3644 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3648 ;;;***
3649 \f
3650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3665 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3684 ;;;***
3685 \f
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3687 ;;;;;; 0))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3690 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3691 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3693 \(fn)" nil nil)
3695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3697 ;;;***
3698 \f
3699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3704 ;;;***
3705 \f
3706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3709 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3710 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3712 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3713 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3715 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3729 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3730 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3731 made from scratch.
3733 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3736 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3738 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3740 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3741 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3742 made from scratch.
3744 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3747 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3749 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3750 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3751 made from scratch.
3753 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3755 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3756 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3758 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3760 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3761 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3762 made from scratch.
3764 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3767 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3769 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3770 variables are guessed:
3772 * `c-basic-offset', and
3773 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3774 `c-offsets-alist'.
3776 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3777 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3779 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3780 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3782 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3783 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3784 guess is made from scratch.
3786 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3787 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3789 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3792 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3793 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3794 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3796 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3797 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3798 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3800 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3804 ;;;***
3805 \f
3806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3811 ;;;***
3812 \f
3813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3818 ;;;***
3819 \f
3820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3823 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3824 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3825 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3826 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3827 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3828 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3831 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3842 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3843 Major mode for editing C code.
3846 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3847 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3848 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3852 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3853 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3855 Key bindings:
3858 \(fn)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3861 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3863 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3864 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3865 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3866 should be used.
3868 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3869 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3870 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3872 \(fn)" nil nil)
3874 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3875 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3877 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3878 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3879 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3880 message.
3884 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3885 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3887 Key bindings:
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3894 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3896 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3897 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3898 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3899 message.
3903 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3904 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3906 Key bindings:
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3913 Major mode for editing Java code.
3915 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3916 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3917 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3918 message.
3922 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3923 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3925 Key bindings:
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3932 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3934 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3935 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3936 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3937 message.
3941 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3942 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3944 Key bindings:
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3949 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3951 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3952 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3954 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3955 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3956 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3957 message.
3961 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3962 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3964 Key bindings:
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3969 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3970 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3971 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3972 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3974 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3975 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3977 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3978 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3979 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3983 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3984 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3986 Key bindings:
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3993 ;;;***
3994 \f
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3996 ;;;;;; 0))
3997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3999 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4000 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4001 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4002 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4004 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4007 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4008 might get set too.
4010 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4011 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4012 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4013 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4014 in this way.
4016 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4017 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4018 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4019 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4020 a null operation.
4022 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4024 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4025 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4026 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4027 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4029 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4031 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4032 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4033 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4035 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4037 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4038 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4039 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4040 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4041 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4043 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4051 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4052 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4053 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4057 ;;;***
4058 \f
4059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4060 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4062 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4063 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4065 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4068 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4070 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4072 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4073 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4075 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4076 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4077 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4078 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4079 execution.
4081 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4083 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4085 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4086 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4088 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4089 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4090 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4091 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4093 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4094 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4095 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4096 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4097 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4098 `write' commands.
4100 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4101 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4102 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4103 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4105 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4106 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4107 semantics.
4109 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4111 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4113 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4115 STATEMENT :=
4116 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4117 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4119 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4120 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4121 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4122 | integer
4124 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4126 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4127 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4128 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4130 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4131 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4132 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4134 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4136 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4137 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4138 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4139 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4140 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4141 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4142 ;; last STATEMENT.
4143 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4145 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4146 BREAK := (break)
4148 REPEAT :=
4149 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4150 (repeat)
4151 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4152 ;; (repeat))
4153 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4154 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4155 ;; (read REG)
4156 ;; (repeat))
4157 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4158 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4159 ;; (read REG)
4160 ;; (repeat))
4161 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4163 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4164 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4165 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4166 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4167 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4168 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4169 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4170 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4171 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4172 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4173 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4174 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4175 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4176 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4177 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4178 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4180 WRITE :=
4181 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4182 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4183 ;; representation.
4184 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4185 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4186 ;; (write r7))
4187 | (write EXPRESSION)
4188 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4189 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4190 ;; representation.
4191 | (write integer)
4192 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4193 ;; buffer.
4194 | (write string)
4195 ;; Same as: (write string)
4196 | string
4197 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4198 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4199 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4200 ;; representation.
4201 | (write REG ARRAY)
4202 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4203 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4204 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4205 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4206 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4207 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4209 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4210 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4212 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4213 END := (end)
4215 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4216 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4217 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4219 ARG := REG | integer
4221 OPERATOR :=
4222 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4223 + | - | * | / | %
4225 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4226 | & | `|' | ^
4228 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4229 | << | >>
4231 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4232 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4233 | <8
4235 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4236 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4237 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4238 | >8
4240 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4241 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4242 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4243 | //
4245 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4246 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4248 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4249 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4250 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4251 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4252 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4253 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4254 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4255 | de-sjis
4257 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4258 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4259 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4260 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4261 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4262 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4263 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4264 ;; byte of SJIS.
4265 | en-sjis
4267 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4268 ;; Same meaning as C code
4269 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4271 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4272 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4273 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4274 | <8=
4276 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4277 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4278 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4280 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4281 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4282 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4283 | //=
4285 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4288 TRANSLATE :=
4289 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4290 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4291 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4292 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4293 ;; respectively.
4294 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4295 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4296 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4297 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4299 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4300 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4301 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4303 LOOKUP :=
4304 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4305 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4306 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4307 ;; respectively.
4308 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4309 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4310 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4312 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4313 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4314 ;; REG.
4315 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4316 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4317 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4319 MAP :=
4320 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4321 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4322 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4323 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4325 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4326 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4327 MAP-ID := integer
4329 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4331 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4333 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4334 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4335 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4336 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4337 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4338 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4340 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4342 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4343 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4344 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4346 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4348 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4357 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4358 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4359 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4360 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4362 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4364 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4366 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4367 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4369 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4373 ;;;***
4374 \f
4375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4396 ;;;***
4397 \f
4398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4399 ;;;;;; 0))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4404 ;;;***
4405 \f
4406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4407 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4415 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4420 ;;;***
4421 \f
4422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4424 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4426 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4427 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4428 There are no special keybindings by default.
4431 to the action header.
4433 \(fn)" t nil)
4435 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4436 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4437 There are no special keybindings by default.
4440 to the action header.
4442 \(fn)" t nil)
4444 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4445 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4447 \(fn)" t nil)
4449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4451 ;;;***
4452 \f
4453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4454 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4456 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4457 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4458 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4459 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4460 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4462 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4463 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4465 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4466 from which to start.
4468 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4472 ;;;***
4473 \f
4474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4476 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4480 ;;;***
4481 \f
4482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4483 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4496 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4500 ;;;***
4501 \f
4502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4503 ;;;;;; 0))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4505 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4506 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4507 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4508 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4509 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4510 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4511 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4512 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4513 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4515 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4516 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4518 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4519 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4520 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4522 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4523 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4524 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4525 the users will view as each check is completed.
4527 \(fn)" t nil)
4529 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4530 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4541 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4542 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4543 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4544 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4545 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4546 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4547 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4549 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4551 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4552 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4553 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4554 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4555 spacing are all verified.
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4559 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4560 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4561 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4562 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4563 otherwise stop after the first error.
4565 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4568 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4570 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4573 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4574 Only documentation strings are checked.
4575 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4576 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4577 a separate buffer.
4579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4581 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4582 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4584 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4585 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4587 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4590 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4592 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4593 if there is one.
4595 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4597 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4598 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4599 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4600 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4601 if there is one.
4602 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4607 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4608 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4612 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4613 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4614 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4615 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4616 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4621 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4622 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4623 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4624 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4625 space at the end of each line.
4627 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4630 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4631 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4632 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4634 \(fn)" t nil)
4636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4638 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4639 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4645 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4646 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4651 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4652 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4653 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4655 \(fn)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4658 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4659 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4660 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4665 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4666 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4667 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4672 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4673 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4674 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4678 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4679 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4680 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4681 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4686 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4687 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4688 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4693 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4698 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4699 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4700 checking of documentation strings.
4704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4706 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4707 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4716 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4719 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4720 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4721 Return the length of resulting text.
4723 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4726 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4730 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4731 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4732 Return the length of resulting text.
4734 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4736 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4737 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4739 \(fn)" t nil)
4741 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4744 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4746 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4749 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4753 ;;;***
4754 \f
4755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4758 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4759 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4760 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4761 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4762 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4763 editing and the result is evaluated.
4765 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4768 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4769 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4770 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4771 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4773 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4775 \(fn)" t nil)
4777 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4778 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4780 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4781 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4783 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4784 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4787 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4788 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4794 ;;;***
4795 \f
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "defsetf" "define-" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4801 ;;;***
4802 \f
4803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4809 ;;;***
4810 \f
4811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4812 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4814 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4819 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4822 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4823 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4824 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4825 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4826 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4827 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4828 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4829 of this function.
4831 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4832 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4833 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4834 property are:
4836 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4837 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4839 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4840 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4841 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4842 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4843 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4844 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4845 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4846 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4848 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4849 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4850 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4852 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4853 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4854 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4856 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4857 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4858 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4859 list elements are:
4861 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4863 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4865 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4867 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4868 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4870 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4871 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4873 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4874 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4875 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4876 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4877 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4878 value specified by their associated list element.
4880 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4882 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4883 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4884 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4886 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4887 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4888 * indent the first argument by 4.
4889 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4890 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4891 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4893 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4894 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4895 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4896 instead.
4898 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4902 ;;;***
4903 \f
4904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4906 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4908 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4910 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4911 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4912 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4913 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4914 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4915 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4917 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4918 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4920 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4921 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4922 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4923 for a description of this minor mode.
4924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4926 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4928 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4930 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4931 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4932 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4933 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4934 of record objects.
4936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4940 ;;;***
4941 \f
4942 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4948 ;;;***
4949 \f
4950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4951 ;;;;;; 0))
4952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4953 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4955 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4956 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4957 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4958 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4959 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4961 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4963 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4966 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4968 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4971 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4975 ;;;***
4976 \f
4977 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4978 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4983 ;;;***
4984 \f
4985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4988 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4989 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4990 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4991 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4993 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4994 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4995 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4996 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4998 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4999 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5001 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5005 ;;;***
5006 \f
5007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5008 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5010 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5011 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5012 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5013 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5014 of `scheme-program-name').
5015 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5016 it is given as initial input.
5017 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5018 discards input when it starts up.
5019 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5020 is run).
5023 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
5027 ;;;***
5028 \f
5029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5030 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5032 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5033 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5037 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5038 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5040 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5041 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5042 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5044 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5048 ;;;***
5049 \f
5050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5053 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5054 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5055 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5056 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5057 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5058 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5059 functions have already modified the buffer.
5061 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5063 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5064 either globally or locally.")
5066 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5067 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5068 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5069 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5071 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5072 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5073 `start-file-process'
5074 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5075 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5076 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5078 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5079 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5081 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5083 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5085 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5087 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5088 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5089 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5090 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5091 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5092 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5093 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5094 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5095 process as its initial input.
5097 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5099 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5101 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5103 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5104 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5105 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5106 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5107 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5108 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5110 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5112 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5114 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5115 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5116 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5117 directory tracking functions.")
5119 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5120 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5121 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5123 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5125 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5127 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5128 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5129 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5131 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5133 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5135 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5136 Send COMMAND to current process.
5137 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5138 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5140 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5142 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5143 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5144 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5145 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5147 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5151 ;;;***
5152 \f
5153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5154 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5156 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5157 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5158 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5159 to get another window.
5161 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5162 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5164 This command pushes the mark in each window
5165 at the prior location of point in that window.
5166 If both windows display the same buffer,
5167 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5168 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5170 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5171 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5172 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5173 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5174 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5175 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5176 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5177 ignored.
5179 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5180 this command work in interlaced mode:
5181 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5182 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5183 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5185 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5189 ;;;***
5190 \f
5191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5192 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5196 ;;;***
5197 \f
5198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5201 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5202 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5204 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5206 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5207 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5208 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5212 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5213 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5214 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5216 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5218 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5219 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5220 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5221 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5222 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5224 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5225 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5226 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5227 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5230 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5231 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5232 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5233 describing how the process finished.")
5235 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5236 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5237 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5238 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5239 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5241 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5243 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5245 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5247 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5248 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5249 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5250 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5252 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5254 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5255 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5257 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5258 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5261 (lambda ()
5266 (if buffer-file-name
5267 (shell-quote-argument
5268 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5270 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5272 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5273 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5275 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5276 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5277 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5278 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5280 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5282 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5283 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5284 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5285 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5288 and move to the source code that caused it.
5290 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5291 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5293 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5294 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5295 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5296 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5297 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5299 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5300 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5302 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5304 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5305 kills its subprocesses.
5307 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5308 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5309 to a function that generates a unique name.
5311 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5313 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5314 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5315 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5316 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5318 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5319 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5321 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5322 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5323 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5324 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5326 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5327 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5328 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5330 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5332 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5334 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5335 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5340 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5344 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5346 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5348 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5349 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5351 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5352 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5354 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5355 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5356 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5357 See `compilation-mode'.
5359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5361 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5362 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5364 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5365 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5367 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5368 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5369 `compilation-mode'.
5371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5373 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5374 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5375 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5377 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5381 ;;;***
5382 \f
5383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5384 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5386 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5387 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5388 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5389 for a description of this minor mode.
5390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5391 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5392 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5394 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5396 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5397 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5399 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5400 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5406 ;;;***
5407 \f
5408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5409 ;;;;;; 0))
5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5412 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5413 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5414 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5415 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5416 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5417 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5418 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5420 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5421 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5422 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5424 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5425 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5426 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5428 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5429 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5430 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5431 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5433 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5434 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5435 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5436 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5437 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5438 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5439 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5443 \(fn)" t nil)
5445 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5446 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5447 Comments start with `#'. For details see `conf-mode'.
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5451 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5452 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5453 Comments start with `;'.
5454 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5458 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5459 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5460 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5462 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5463 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5468 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5469 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5470 between `/*' and `*/'.
5471 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5474 // another kind of comment
5475 /* yet another */
5477 name:value
5478 name=value
5479 name value
5480 x.1 =
5481 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5482 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5484 \(fn)" t nil)
5486 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5487 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5489 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5490 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5491 `conf-space-keywords'.
5492 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5493 in an interactive fashion instead.
5495 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5499 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5500 image/png png
5501 image/tiff tiff tif
5503 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5504 class desktop
5505 # Standard multimedia devices
5506 add /dev/audio desktop
5507 add /dev/mixer desktop
5509 \(fn)" t nil)
5511 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5512 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5513 See `conf-space-mode'.
5515 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5518 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5520 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5527 \(fn)" t nil)
5529 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5530 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5532 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5536 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5539 \(fn)" t nil)
5541 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5542 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5544 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5548 *background: gray99
5549 *foreground: black
5551 \(fn)" t nil)
5553 (autoload 'conf-toml-mode "conf-mode" "\
5554 Conf Mode starter for TOML files.
5556 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5560 \[entry]
5563 \(fn)" t nil)
5565 (autoload 'conf-desktop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5566 Conf Mode started for freedesktop.org Desktop files.
5568 For details see `conf-mode'.
5571 [Desktop Entry]
5572 Name=GNU Image Manipulation Program
5573 Name[oc]=Editor d'imatge GIMP
5574 Exec=gimp-2.8 %U
5575 Terminal=false
5577 \(fn)" t nil)
5579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5581 ;;;***
5582 \f
5583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5584 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5586 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5587 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5588 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5589 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5590 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5591 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5593 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5595 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5596 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5597 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5598 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5600 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5602 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5603 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5604 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5605 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5607 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5611 ;;;***
5612 \f
5613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5614 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5616 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5617 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5618 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5620 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5621 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5622 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5623 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5624 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5625 following the copyright are updated as well.
5626 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5627 interactively.
5629 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5631 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5632 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5633 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5634 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5635 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5637 \(fn)" t nil)
5639 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5640 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5642 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5644 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5645 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5646 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5648 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5652 ;;;***
5653 \f
5654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5655 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5657 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5658 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5659 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5660 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5661 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5662 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5663 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5665 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5666 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5667 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5668 Tab indents for Perl code.
5669 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5670 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5672 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5673 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5674 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5678 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5679 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5680 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5681 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5682 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5685 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5687 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5688 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5690 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5692 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5693 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5694 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5696 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5697 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5700 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5704 bite if angry;
5706 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5707 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5708 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5709 to nil.)
5712 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5713 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5715 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5717 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5718 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5719 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5721 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5725 if (A) { B }
5727 into
5729 B if A;
5733 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5734 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5735 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5736 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5737 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5738 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5739 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5740 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5741 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5742 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5743 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5744 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5747 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5749 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5750 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5751 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5752 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5754 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5756 man via menu.
5758 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5759 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5760 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5761 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5765 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5766 span the needed amount of lines.
5768 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5769 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5770 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5771 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5773 Variables controlling indentation style:
5774 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5775 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5776 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5777 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5778 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5779 `cperl-auto-newline'
5780 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5781 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5783 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5784 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5785 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5786 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5787 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5788 `cperl-indent-level'
5789 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5790 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5791 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5792 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5793 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5794 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5795 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5796 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5797 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5798 `cperl-brace-offset'
5799 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5800 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5801 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5802 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5803 `cperl-label-offset'
5804 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5805 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5806 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5808 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5809 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5810 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5811 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5812 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5813 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5815 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5818 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5820 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5821 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5822 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5823 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5825 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5826 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5828 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5829 column 0 is indented on
5830 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5832 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5833 with no args.
5835 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5836 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5837 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5839 \(fn)" t nil)
5841 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5842 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5844 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5846 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5847 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5849 \(fn)" t nil)
5851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5853 ;;;***
5854 \f
5855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5858 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5859 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5860 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5861 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5862 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5864 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5866 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5867 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5869 \(fn)" t nil)
5871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5873 ;;;***
5874 \f
5875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5878 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5879 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5880 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5882 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5883 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5887 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5890 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5894 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5895 with empty strings removed.
5897 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5906 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5907 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5909 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5910 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5913 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5914 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5915 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5916 buffers.
5919 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5920 Network (MDN).
5924 \(fn)" t nil)
5927 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5930 \(fn)" t nil)
5932 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5933 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5934 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5935 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5936 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5937 on what is seen near point.
5939 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5943 ;;;***
5944 \f
5945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5948 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5949 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5950 See the `cua-mode' command
5951 for a description of this minor mode.
5952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5954 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5956 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5958 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5959 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5961 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5962 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5964 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5965 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5966 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5967 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5968 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5969 normal function of these prefix keys.
5971 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5972 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5973 options:
5974 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5975 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5976 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5978 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5979 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5980 the prefix fallback behavior.
5982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5984 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5985 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5987 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5991 ;;;***
5992 \f
5993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5998 ;;;***
5999 \f
6000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
6001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
6003 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
6004 Toggle the region as rectangular.
6005 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
6007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
6011 ;;;***
6012 \f
6013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
6014 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
6015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6017 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
6019 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6020 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6024 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6025 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6026 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6027 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6028 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6029 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6030 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6036 ;;;***
6037 \f
6038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6039 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6043 ;;;***
6044 \f
6045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6046 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6048 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6049 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6051 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6053 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6054 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6056 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6058 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6059 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6061 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6063 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6064 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6066 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6067 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6069 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6070 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6072 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6074 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6076 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6077 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6078 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6080 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6081 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6083 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6084 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6086 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6087 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6089 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6091 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6093 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6094 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6095 Return VALUE.
6097 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6098 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6100 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6101 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6103 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6104 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6106 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6108 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6110 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6111 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6112 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6113 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6115 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6116 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6117 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6119 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6121 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6122 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6124 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6125 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6127 \(fn)" t nil)
6129 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6130 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6131 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6132 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6133 for the MODE to customize.
6135 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6138 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6139 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6141 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6143 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6144 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6146 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6148 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6150 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6151 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6153 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6155 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6157 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6158 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6159 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6161 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6163 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6164 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6165 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6166 as part of Emacs itself.
6168 Each elements looks like this:
6170 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6172 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6173 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6174 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6175 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6176 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6177 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6178 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6179 and `defface'.
6181 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6189 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6190 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6191 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6192 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6194 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6196 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6197 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6198 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6199 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6200 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6201 release.
6203 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6204 that were added or redefined since that version.
6206 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6209 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6210 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6211 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6213 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6215 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6216 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6218 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6220 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6221 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6222 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6224 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6225 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6227 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6229 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6230 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6232 \(fn)" t nil)
6234 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6235 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6237 \(fn)" t nil)
6239 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6240 Customize all saved options and faces.
6242 \(fn)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6245 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6246 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6247 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6248 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6249 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6251 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6252 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6253 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6255 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6258 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6260 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6262 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6263 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6265 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6267 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6268 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6270 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6272 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6273 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6274 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6275 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6277 \(fn)" nil nil)
6279 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6280 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6281 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6282 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6283 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6284 that option.
6285 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6287 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6289 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6290 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6291 The result includes selecting that window.
6292 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6293 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6294 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6295 that option.
6296 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6298 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6300 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6301 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6303 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6305 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6306 File used for storing customization information.
6307 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6308 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6309 it should be an absolute file name.
6311 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6312 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6313 something like the following in your init file:
6316 \(load custom-file)
6318 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6319 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6321 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6322 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6323 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6324 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6325 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6327 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6328 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6329 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6330 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6331 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6332 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6334 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6335 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6336 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6338 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6340 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6341 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6343 \(fn)" nil nil)
6345 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6346 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6348 \(fn)" t nil)
6350 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6351 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6352 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6354 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6356 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6357 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6358 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6359 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6360 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6362 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6366 ;;;***
6367 \f
6368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6369 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6371 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6372 Create or edit a custom theme.
6373 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6374 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6375 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6376 from the Custom save file.
6377 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6378 named *Custom Theme*.
6380 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6382 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6383 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6385 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6387 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6388 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6390 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6392 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6393 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6394 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6395 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6397 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6401 ;;;***
6402 \f
6403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6404 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6406 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6407 Mode used for cvs status output.
6409 \(fn)" t nil)
6411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6413 ;;;***
6414 \f
6415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6417 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6419 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6420 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6422 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6424 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6425 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6426 C++ modes are included.
6428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6429 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6430 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6434 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6436 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6437 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6438 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6439 for a description of this minor mode.
6440 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6441 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6442 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6444 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6446 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6447 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6448 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6449 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6450 ARG is omitted or nil.
6452 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6453 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6454 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6460 ;;;***
6461 \f
6462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6463 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6466 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6467 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6469 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6471 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6472 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6476 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6477 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6478 For readability, the table is slightly
6479 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6481 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6482 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6483 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6484 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6485 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6487 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6491 ;;;***
6492 \f
6493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6494 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6495 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6496 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6497 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6498 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6500 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6501 Completion on current word.
6503 and presents suggestions for completion.
6505 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6506 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6507 completions.
6510 then it searches *all* buffers.
6512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6514 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6517 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6518 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6519 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6520 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6521 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6522 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6523 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6524 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6526 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6527 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6529 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6530 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6531 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6533 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6534 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6538 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6542 ;;;***
6543 \f
6544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6545 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6547 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6548 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6550 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6554 ;;;***
6555 \f
6556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6557 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6559 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6560 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6561 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6562 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6563 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6565 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6569 ;;;***
6570 \f
6571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6574 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6575 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6577 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6578 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6579 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6581 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6582 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6583 Data lines are not indented.
6585 Key bindings:
6588 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6595 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6597 dcl-basic-offset
6598 Extra indentation within blocks.
6600 dcl-continuation-offset
6601 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6603 dcl-margin-offset
6604 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6606 dcl-margin-label-offset
6607 Indentation for a label.
6609 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6610 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6612 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6613 dcl-block-end-regexp
6614 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6615 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6616 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6617 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6618 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6620 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6621 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6622 Two such functions are included in the package:
6623 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6624 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6626 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6627 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6628 One such function is included in the package:
6629 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6631 dcl-tab-always-indent
6632 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6633 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6634 margin.
6636 dcl-electric-characters
6637 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6638 typed.
6640 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6641 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6642 which words trigger electric indentation.
6644 dcl-tempo-comma
6645 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6646 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6647 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6649 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6650 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6651 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6652 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6654 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6655 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6656 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6657 dcl-imenu-label-call
6658 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6660 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6661 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6662 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6663 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6666 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6668 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6669 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6670 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6671 $ i = 1
6672 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6673 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6674 $ label:
6675 $ if i.eq.1
6676 $ then
6677 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6678 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6679 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6680 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6683 $ type sys$input
6684 Data lines are not indented at all.
6685 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6686 $ endif
6687 $
6690 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6691 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6697 ;;;***
6698 \f
6699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6702 (setq debugger 'debug)
6704 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6706 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6707 of the evaluator.
6709 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6710 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6711 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6715 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6716 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6718 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6720 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6721 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6722 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6723 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6724 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6725 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6728 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6730 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6732 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6734 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6735 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6736 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6738 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6740 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6741 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6743 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6745 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6746 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6747 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6749 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6750 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6751 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6752 watchpoint.
6755 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6756 another symbol also cancels it.
6758 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6760 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6762 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6764 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6765 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6766 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6768 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6770 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6774 ;;;***
6775 \f
6776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6779 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6780 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6782 \(fn)" t nil)
6784 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6785 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6786 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6787 Upper-case letters are commands.
6789 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6790 modify it.
6792 The most useful commands are:
6796 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6800 \(fn)" t nil)
6802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6804 ;;;***
6805 \f
6806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6807 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6808 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6810 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6811 Customization of `columns' group.
6813 \(fn)" t nil)
6815 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6816 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6818 START and END delimits the text region.
6820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6822 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6823 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6825 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6827 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6831 ;;;***
6832 \f
6833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6836 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6838 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6839 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6840 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6841 for a description of this minor mode.
6842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6844 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6846 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6848 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6849 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6850 Interactively, with a prefix argument, enable
6851 Delete Selection mode if the prefix argument is positive,
6852 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, toggle
6853 the mode if ARG is `toggle', disable the mode if ARG is
6854 a non-positive integer, and enable the mode otherwise
6855 \(including if ARG is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6857 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6858 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6859 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6860 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6862 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6863 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6869 ;;;***
6870 \f
6871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6874 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6875 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6877 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6879 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6880 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6881 or nil if there is no parent.
6883 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6884 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6885 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6886 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6888 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6889 arguments are currently understood:
6890 :group GROUP
6891 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6892 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6893 :syntax-table TABLE
6894 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6895 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6896 :abbrev-table TABLE
6897 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6898 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6899 :after-hook FORM
6900 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6901 run. It should not be quoted.
6903 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6907 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6908 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6909 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6911 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6912 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6916 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6918 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6919 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6921 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6922 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6924 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6926 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6928 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6930 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6931 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6932 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6933 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6934 the first time the mode is used.
6936 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6940 ;;;***
6941 \f
6942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6943 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6945 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6946 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6947 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6948 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6949 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6950 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6951 otherwise.
6953 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6955 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6956 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6957 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6958 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6960 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6961 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6962 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6964 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6965 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6966 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6967 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6968 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6969 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6970 relevant to POS.
6972 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6974 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6975 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6977 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6978 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6979 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6980 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6981 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6982 minibuffer window for width limit.
6984 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6985 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6987 \(fn)" nil nil)
6989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6991 ;;;***
6992 \f
6993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6994 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6996 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6997 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6998 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6999 for a description of this minor mode.
7000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7001 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7002 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
7004 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
7006 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
7007 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
7008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
7009 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
7010 is omitted or nil.
7012 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
7013 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
7014 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
7015 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7020 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7021 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7023 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7025 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7029 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7030 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7031 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7032 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7034 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7036 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7037 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7039 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7040 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7041 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7043 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7046 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7047 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7048 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7050 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7051 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7052 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7053 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7055 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7057 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7058 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7060 Handlers are called with argument list
7062 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7064 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7066 `desktop-file-version'
7067 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7068 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7069 `desktop-buffer-point'
7070 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7071 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7072 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7074 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7075 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7077 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7078 code like
7080 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7081 ...
7085 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7087 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7089 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7091 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7092 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7093 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7094 List elements must have the form
7096 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7098 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7099 function.
7101 Handlers are called with argument list
7103 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7105 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7107 `desktop-file-version'
7108 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7109 `desktop-buffer-name'
7110 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7111 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7112 `desktop-buffer-point'
7113 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7114 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7115 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7117 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7118 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7119 created and set.
7121 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7122 code like
7124 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7125 ...
7129 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7131 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7133 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7135 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7137 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7138 Empty the Desktop.
7139 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7140 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7141 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7142 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7143 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7144 if different).
7146 \(fn)" t nil)
7148 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7149 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7150 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7151 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7152 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7153 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7154 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7155 do not rewrite the file.
7157 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7158 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7159 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7160 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7161 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7162 file.
7164 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7165 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7166 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7167 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7168 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7169 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7170 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7171 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7172 without further confirmation.
7174 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7177 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7178 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7180 \(fn)" t nil)
7182 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7183 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7184 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7185 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7186 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7187 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7188 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7189 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7191 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7193 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7194 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7195 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7197 \(fn)" nil nil)
7199 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7201 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7202 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7203 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7204 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7205 directory DIRNAME.
7207 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7209 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7210 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7212 \(fn)" t nil)
7214 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7215 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7217 \(fn)" t nil)
7219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7221 ;;;***
7222 \f
7223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7226 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7227 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7228 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7229 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7230 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7231 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7233 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7235 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7236 Repair a broken attribution line.
7237 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7239 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7242 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7243 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7244 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7246 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7249 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7251 \(fn)" t nil)
7253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7255 ;;;***
7256 \f
7257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7258 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7262 ;;;***
7263 \f
7264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7265 ;;;;;; 0))
7266 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7268 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7269 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7270 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7271 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7272 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7276 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7277 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7278 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7279 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7281 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7282 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7283 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7284 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7286 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7287 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7289 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7294 \(diary-mail-entries)
7296 # diary-rem.el ends here
7298 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7301 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7307 ;;;***
7308 \f
7309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7312 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7313 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7315 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7317 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7318 The command to use to run diff.")
7320 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7322 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7323 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7324 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7325 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7326 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7327 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7329 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7330 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7331 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7333 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7336 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7337 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7338 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7339 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7340 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7342 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7344 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7345 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7347 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7349 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7350 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7351 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7357 ;;;***
7358 \f
7359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7360 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7362 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7363 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7364 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7365 normal diffs.
7367 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7368 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7369 headers for you on-the-fly.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7380 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7381 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7382 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7383 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7391 ;;;***
7392 \f
7393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7394 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7396 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7397 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7398 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7400 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7404 ;;;***
7405 \f
7406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7407 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7409 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7410 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7411 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7412 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7413 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7414 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7416 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7417 each option.
7418 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7419 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7420 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7422 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7424 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7425 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7426 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7427 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7428 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7429 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7431 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7433 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7434 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7436 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7437 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7439 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7440 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7441 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7442 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7443 listing have no effect.
7449 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7451 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7452 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7454 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7457 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7458 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7460 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7463 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7466 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7468 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7470 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7473 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7476 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7479 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7481 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7484 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7485 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7486 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7487 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7489 to see why something went wrong.
7494 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7501 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7502 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7505 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7507 again for the directory tree.
7510 for more info):
7512 `dired-listing-switches'
7513 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7514 `dired-marker-char'
7515 `dired-del-marker'
7516 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7517 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7518 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7519 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7523 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7524 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7525 `dired-mode-hook'
7526 `dired-load-hook'
7528 Keybindings:
7531 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7532 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7536 ;;;***
7537 \f
7538 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7539 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7544 ;;;***
7545 \f
7546 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7547 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7548 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7552 ;;;***
7553 \f
7554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7557 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7558 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7560 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7561 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7563 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7564 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7565 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7567 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7568 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7569 directory.
7571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7573 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7574 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7575 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7576 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7577 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7578 from `default-directory'.
7580 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7589 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7590 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7591 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7592 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7593 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7594 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7596 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7600 ;;;***
7601 \f
7602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7605 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7606 Return a new, empty display table.
7608 \(fn)" nil nil)
7610 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7611 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7612 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7613 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7614 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7616 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7618 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7619 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7620 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7621 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7622 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7624 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7626 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7627 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7629 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7632 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7634 \(fn)" t nil)
7636 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7637 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7639 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7640 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7642 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7643 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7644 byte.
7646 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7647 in the default way after this call.
7649 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7651 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7652 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7654 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7656 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7657 Display character C using printable string S.
7659 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7661 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7662 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7663 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7664 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7666 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7668 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7669 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7670 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7671 X frame.
7673 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7675 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7676 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7678 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7680 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7681 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7683 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7685 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7686 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7688 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7690 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7691 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7693 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7695 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7696 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7698 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7700 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7701 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7703 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7704 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7706 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7707 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7709 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7710 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7711 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7712 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7714 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7715 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7716 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7717 in `.emacs'.
7719 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7723 ;;;***
7724 \f
7725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7726 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7729 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7730 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7731 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7733 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7734 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7735 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7739 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7740 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7741 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7742 for a description of this minor mode.
7743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7745 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7747 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7749 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7750 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7751 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7752 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7753 ARG is omitted or nil.
7755 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7756 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7757 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7763 ;;;***
7764 \f
7765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7768 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7769 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7770 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7771 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7772 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7773 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7774 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7775 Default is 2.
7777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7779 ;;;***
7780 \f
7781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7782 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7784 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7785 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7786 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7787 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7788 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7789 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7790 private or ask).
7791 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7792 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7793 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7794 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7795 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7797 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7801 ;;;***
7802 \f
7803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7808 ;;;***
7809 \f
7810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7813 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7814 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7815 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7816 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7817 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7818 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7819 table and its own syntax table.
7821 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7823 \(fn)" t nil)
7824 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7826 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7827 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7829 \(fn)" t nil)
7831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7833 ;;;***
7834 \f
7835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7836 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7838 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7839 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7840 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7841 OpenDocument format).
7843 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7845 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7846 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7848 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7849 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7852 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7855 \(fn)" t nil)
7857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7858 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7859 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7860 to the next best mode.
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7865 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7867 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7868 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7870 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7874 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7877 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7881 ;;;***
7882 \f
7883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7886 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7887 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7889 \(fn)" t nil)
7891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7893 ;;;***
7894 \f
7895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7900 ;;;***
7901 \f
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7907 ;;;***
7908 \f
7909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7914 ;;;***
7915 \f
7916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7921 ;;;***
7922 \f
7923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7926 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7927 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7932 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7933 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7939 ;;;***
7940 \f
7941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7943 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7945 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7946 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7952 ;;;***
7953 \f
7954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7955 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7960 ;;;***
7961 \f
7962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7963 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7966 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7968 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7969 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7970 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7971 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7972 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7974 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7975 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7976 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7977 and disables it otherwise.
7979 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7980 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7981 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7982 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7984 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7985 documenting what its argument does.
7987 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7988 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7989 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7990 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7991 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7992 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7993 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7994 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7995 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7997 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7998 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7999 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
8000 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
8001 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
8002 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
8003 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
8004 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
8005 the minor mode is global):
8007 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
8009 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
8010 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
8011 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
8012 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
8013 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
8014 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
8015 Not used if you also specify :variable.
8016 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
8017 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
8018 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
8019 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8020 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8021 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8022 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8023 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8024 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8025 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8026 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8027 in :variable).
8029 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8030 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8032 For example, you could write
8035 ...BODY CODE...)
8037 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8039 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8041 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8043 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8045 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8046 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8047 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8048 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8049 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8050 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8051 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8052 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8053 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8054 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8055 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8056 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8058 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8059 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8060 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8061 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8062 call another major mode in their body.
8064 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8065 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8066 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8068 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8070 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8072 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8073 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8074 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8075 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8076 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8077 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8078 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8080 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8082 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8083 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8084 :inherit Parent keymap.
8085 :group Ignored.
8086 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8087 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8089 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8091 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8092 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8093 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8094 the constant's documentation.
8096 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8098 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8099 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8100 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8102 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8104 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8106 ;;;***
8107 \f
8108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8109 ;;;;;; 0))
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8112 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8113 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8114 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8115 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8117 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8118 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8119 as a top-level menu bar item.
8121 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8122 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8123 pairs:
8125 :filter FUNCTION
8126 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8127 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8128 items to actually display.
8130 :visible INCLUDE
8131 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8132 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8133 alias for `:visible'.
8135 :active ENABLE
8136 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8137 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8138 an alias for `:active'.
8140 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8141 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8143 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8145 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8147 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8148 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8150 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8151 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8153 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8155 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8157 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8158 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8160 :keys KEYS
8161 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8162 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8163 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8164 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8166 :key-sequence KEYS
8167 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8168 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8169 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8170 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8172 :active ENABLE
8173 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8174 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8175 alias for `:active'.
8177 :visible INCLUDE
8178 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8179 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8180 `:visible'.
8182 :label FORM
8183 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8184 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8186 :suffix FORM
8187 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8188 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8190 :style STYLE
8191 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8192 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8193 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8195 :selected SELECTED
8196 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8197 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8199 :help HELP
8200 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8202 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8203 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8204 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8206 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8207 MENU. This is a submenu.
8209 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8211 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8213 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8216 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8218 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8219 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8220 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8221 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8223 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8225 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8226 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8227 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8228 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8229 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8230 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8232 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8233 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8234 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8236 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8237 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8238 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8240 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8241 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8243 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8247 ;;;***
8248 \f
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8254 ;;;***
8255 \f
8256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8261 ;;;***
8262 \f
8263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8268 ;;;***
8269 \f
8270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8275 ;;;***
8276 \f
8277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8282 ;;;***
8283 \f
8284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8285 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8289 ;;;***
8290 \f
8291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8296 ;;;***
8297 \f
8298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8300 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8302 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8303 Customization for ebnf group.
8305 \(fn)" t nil)
8307 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8308 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8310 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8312 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8313 processed.
8315 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8317 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8319 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8320 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8322 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8323 killed after process termination.
8325 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8327 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8330 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8332 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8333 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8334 it to the printer.
8336 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8337 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8338 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8339 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8341 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8343 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8344 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8345 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8347 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8349 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8350 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8352 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8354 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8355 processed.
8357 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8359 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8362 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8364 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8365 killed after process termination.
8367 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8369 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8372 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8373 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8374 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8376 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8378 \(fn)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8381 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8382 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8384 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8386 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8388 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8389 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8391 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8393 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8394 processed.
8396 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8398 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8400 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8401 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8403 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8404 killed after EPS generation.
8406 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8408 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8410 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8411 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8413 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8414 The EPS file name has the following form:
8416 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8418 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8421 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8422 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8423 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8427 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8428 files.
8430 \(fn)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8433 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8435 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8436 The EPS file name has the following form:
8438 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8440 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8443 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8444 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8445 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8449 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8450 files.
8452 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8454 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8456 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8457 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8459 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8461 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8462 are processed.
8464 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8466 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8468 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8469 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8471 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8472 killed after syntax checking.
8474 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8476 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8479 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8481 \(fn)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8484 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8489 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8491 \(fn)" nil nil)
8493 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8494 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8496 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8498 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8500 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8501 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8503 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8505 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8508 Delete style NAME.
8510 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8512 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8514 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8515 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8517 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8519 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8521 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8522 Set STYLE as the current style.
8524 Returns the old style symbol.
8526 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8528 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8530 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8531 Reset current style.
8533 Returns the old style symbol.
8535 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8537 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8540 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8542 Returns the old style symbol.
8544 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8546 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8548 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8550 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8551 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8553 Returns the old style symbol.
8555 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8557 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8559 \(fn)" t nil)
8561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8563 ;;;***
8564 \f
8565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8569 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8570 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8571 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8572 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8575 Tree mode key bindings:
8578 \(fn)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8581 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8583 \(fn)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8586 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8588 \(fn)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8591 View declaration of member at point.
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8595 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8596 Find declaration of member at point.
8598 \(fn)" t nil)
8600 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8601 View definition of member at point.
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8606 Find definition of member at point.
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8611 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8616 View definition of member at point in other window.
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8621 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8623 \(fn)" t nil)
8625 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8626 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8628 \(fn)" t nil)
8630 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8631 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8633 \(fn)" t nil)
8635 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8636 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8638 \(fn)" t nil)
8640 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8641 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8642 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8643 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8644 completion.
8646 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8649 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8650 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8651 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8653 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8655 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8656 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8657 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8658 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8660 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8662 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8663 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8664 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8666 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8668 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8669 Search for call sites of a member.
8670 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8671 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8672 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8673 looks like a function call to the member.
8675 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8677 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8678 Move backward in the position stack.
8679 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8681 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8683 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8684 Move forward in the position stack.
8685 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8689 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8690 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8692 \(fn)" t nil)
8694 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8695 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8697 \(fn)" t nil)
8699 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8700 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8701 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8702 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8704 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8707 Display statistics for a class tree.
8709 \(fn)" t nil)
8711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8713 ;;;***
8714 \f
8715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8716 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8718 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8720 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8722 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8723 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8724 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8726 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8729 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8730 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8731 also has this effect.
8733 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8748 ;;;***
8749 \f
8750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8753 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8754 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8755 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8757 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8761 ;;;***
8762 \f
8763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8766 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8769 \(fn)" nil nil)
8771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8777 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8779 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8780 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8781 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8782 for a description of this minor mode.
8783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8785 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8787 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8789 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8790 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8791 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8792 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8793 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8795 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8796 an EDE controlled project.
8798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8809 ;;;***
8810 \f
8811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8812 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8817 ;;;***
8818 \f
8819 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8820 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8825 ;;;***
8826 \f
8827 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8828 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8836 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8844 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8856 ;;;***
8857 \f
8858 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8859 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8867 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8872 ;;;***
8873 \f
8874 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8875 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8880 ;;;***
8881 \f
8882 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8883 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8884 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8888 ;;;***
8889 \f
8890 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8896 ;;;***
8897 \f
8898 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8899 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8907 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8912 ;;;***
8913 \f
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8915 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8944 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8949 ;;;***
8950 \f
8951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8952 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8957 ;;;***
8958 \f
8959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8960 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8965 ;;;***
8966 \f
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8968 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8973 ;;;***
8974 \f
8975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8976 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8981 ;;;***
8982 \f
8983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8984 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8989 ;;;***
8990 \f
8991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8992 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
9000 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
9003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
9005 ;;;***
9006 \f
9007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
9008 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
9011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
9013 ;;;***
9014 \f
9015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
9016 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
9019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9024 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9029 ;;;***
9030 \f
9031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9032 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9037 ;;;***
9038 \f
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9044 ;;;***
9045 \f
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9051 ;;;***
9052 \f
9053 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9054 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9059 ;;;***
9060 \f
9061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9062 ;;;;;; 0))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9070 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9080 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9081 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9082 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9083 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9084 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9086 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9087 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9089 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9091 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9093 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9094 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9095 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9096 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9098 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9100 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9101 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9102 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9103 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9105 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9107 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9109 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9110 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9111 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9112 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9113 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9115 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9116 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9117 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9118 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9119 instrumented for Edebug.
9121 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9122 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9123 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9124 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9125 already is one.)
9127 \(fn)" t nil)
9129 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9130 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9132 \(fn)" t nil)
9134 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9135 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9137 \(fn)" t nil)
9139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
9141 ;;;***
9142 \f
9143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9145 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9147 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9148 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9150 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9152 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9153 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9155 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9157 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9159 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9161 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9162 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9163 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9164 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9166 \(fn)" t nil)
9168 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9169 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9170 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9171 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9173 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9175 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9176 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9178 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9180 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9182 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9183 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9185 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9187 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9189 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9190 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9191 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9192 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9194 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9196 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9198 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9199 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9200 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9201 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9203 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9205 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9207 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9208 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9209 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9210 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9212 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9214 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9216 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9217 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9218 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9219 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9221 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9223 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9225 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9226 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9227 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9228 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9229 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9230 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9232 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9234 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9235 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9236 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9237 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9239 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9241 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9243 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9244 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9245 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9246 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9248 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9250 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9252 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9254 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9255 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9256 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9257 follows:
9258 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9259 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9261 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9264 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9265 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9266 follows:
9267 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9268 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9270 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9273 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9274 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9275 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9276 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9278 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9280 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9281 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9282 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9283 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9284 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9285 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9287 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9289 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9291 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9292 Merge two files without ancestor.
9294 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9296 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9297 Merge two files with ancestor.
9299 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9301 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9303 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9304 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9306 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9308 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9309 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9311 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9313 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9314 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9315 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9316 buffer.
9318 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9320 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9321 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9322 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9323 buffer.
9325 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9327 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9328 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9329 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9330 and don't ask the user.
9331 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9332 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9334 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9336 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9337 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9338 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9339 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9340 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9341 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9342 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9343 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9345 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9347 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9349 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9351 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9352 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9353 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9354 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9355 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9357 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9359 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9361 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9362 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9363 When called interactively, displays the version.
9365 \(fn)" t nil)
9367 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9368 Display Ediff's manual.
9369 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9371 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9373 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9376 \(fn)" nil nil)
9378 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9381 \(fn)" nil nil)
9383 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9386 \(fn)" nil nil)
9388 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9391 \(fn)" nil nil)
9393 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9396 \(fn)" nil nil)
9398 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9401 \(fn)" nil nil)
9403 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9406 \(fn)" nil nil)
9408 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9411 \(fn)" nil nil)
9413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9415 ;;;***
9416 \f
9417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9418 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9422 ;;;***
9423 \f
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9427 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9430 \(fn)" t nil)
9432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9448 ;;;***
9449 \f
9450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9453 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9454 Display Ediff's registry.
9456 \(fn)" t nil)
9458 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9462 ;;;***
9463 \f
9464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9465 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9474 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9475 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9476 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9477 which see.
9479 \(fn)" t nil)
9481 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9482 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9483 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9484 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9490 ;;;***
9491 \f
9492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9497 ;;;***
9498 \f
9499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9500 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9504 ;;;***
9505 \f
9506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9508 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9510 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9511 Edit a keyboard macro.
9512 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9513 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9514 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9515 its command name.
9516 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9518 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9520 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9521 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9523 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9525 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9526 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9528 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9530 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9531 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9533 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9537 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9538 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9539 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9540 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9542 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9544 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9545 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9546 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9547 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9548 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9549 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9551 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9555 ;;;***
9556 \f
9557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9560 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9561 Set scroll margins.
9562 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9563 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9565 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9567 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9568 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9570 \(fn)" t nil)
9572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9574 ;;;***
9575 \f
9576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9577 ;;;;;; 0))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9582 ;;;***
9583 \f
9584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9585 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9590 ;;;***
9591 \f
9592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9597 ;;;***
9598 \f
9599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9600 ;;;;;; 0))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9605 ;;;***
9606 \f
9607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9610 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9612 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9613 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9614 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9615 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9616 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9618 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9619 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9622 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9623 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9624 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9626 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9627 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9628 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9630 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9631 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9632 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9634 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9636 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9639 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9643 ;;;***
9644 \f
9645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9647 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9651 ;;;***
9652 \f
9653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9654 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9659 ;;;***
9660 \f
9661 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9662 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9667 ;;;***
9668 \f
9669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9670 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9672 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9674 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9675 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9676 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9677 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9678 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9679 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9680 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9682 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9686 ;;;***
9687 \f
9688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9689 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9694 ;;;***
9695 \f
9696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9702 ;;;***
9703 \f
9704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9705 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9710 ;;;***
9711 \f
9712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9713 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9718 ;;;***
9719 \f
9720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9721 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9723 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9724 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9725 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9726 for a description of this minor mode.
9727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9728 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9729 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9731 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9733 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9734 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9735 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9736 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9737 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9739 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9740 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9741 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9742 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9747 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9753 ;;;***
9754 \f
9755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9758 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9759 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9761 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9762 an elided material again.
9764 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9770 ;;;***
9771 \f
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9775 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9776 Lint the file FILE.
9778 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9781 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9782 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9784 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9786 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9787 Lint the current buffer.
9788 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9790 \(fn)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9793 Lint the function at point.
9794 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9796 \(fn)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9799 Initialize elint.
9800 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9801 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9803 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9807 ;;;***
9808 \f
9809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9812 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9813 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9814 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9816 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9818 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9819 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9820 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9821 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9823 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9825 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9826 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9827 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9831 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9834 Display current profiling results.
9835 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9836 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9837 displayed.
9839 \(fn)" t nil)
9841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9843 ;;;***
9844 \f
9845 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9846 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9851 ;;;***
9852 \f
9853 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9854 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9855 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9859 ;;;***
9860 \f
9861 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9862 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9867 ;;;***
9868 \f
9869 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9870 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9871 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9875 ;;;***
9876 \f
9877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9878 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9883 ;;;***
9884 \f
9885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9886 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9891 ;;;***
9892 \f
9893 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9894 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9899 ;;;***
9900 \f
9901 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9902 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9903 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9907 ;;;***
9908 \f
9909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9910 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9915 ;;;***
9916 \f
9917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9918 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9919 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9923 ;;;***
9924 \f
9925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9926 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9927 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9931 ;;;***
9932 \f
9933 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9934 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9939 ;;;***
9940 \f
9941 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9942 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9943 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9947 ;;;***
9948 \f
9949 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9950 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9955 ;;;***
9956 \f
9957 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9958 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9963 ;;;***
9964 \f
9965 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9966 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9971 ;;;***
9972 \f
9973 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9974 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9975 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9979 ;;;***
9980 \f
9981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9984 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9985 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9986 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9987 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9988 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9989 ARG is omitted or nil.
9991 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9992 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9993 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9994 used instead.
9996 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9998 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9999 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
10000 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
10002 Other values are interpreted as usual.
10004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10013 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10014 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10015 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10017 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10019 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10023 ;;;***
10024 \f
10025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10026 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10028 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10029 Run Emerge on two files.
10031 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10033 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10034 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10036 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10038 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10039 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10041 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10043 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10044 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10046 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10048 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10051 \(fn)" nil nil)
10053 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10056 \(fn)" nil nil)
10058 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10061 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10063 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10066 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10068 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10069 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10071 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10073 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10074 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10076 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10078 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10081 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10090 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10091 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10092 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10093 text/enriched format.
10095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10096 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10097 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10099 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10101 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10104 Commands:
10108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10110 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10113 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10115 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10118 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10125 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10127 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10128 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10130 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10132 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10133 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10135 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10137 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10138 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10139 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10140 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10141 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10142 the keys are listed.
10143 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10145 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10147 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10148 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10149 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10151 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10153 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10154 Verify FILE.
10156 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10158 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10159 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10161 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10163 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10164 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10166 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10168 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10169 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10171 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10172 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10173 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10174 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10176 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10177 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10178 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10179 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10180 should consider using the string based counterpart
10181 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10182 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10184 For example:
10187 (decode-coding-string
10188 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10191 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10193 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10194 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10196 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10197 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10199 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10201 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10203 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10204 Verify the current region between START and END.
10206 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10207 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10208 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10209 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10210 should consider using the string based counterpart
10211 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10212 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10214 For example:
10217 (decode-coding-string
10218 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10223 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10225 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10226 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10227 between START and END.
10229 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10230 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10232 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10234 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10236 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10237 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10239 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10240 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10241 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10242 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10243 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10244 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10246 For example:
10249 (epg-sign-string
10250 context
10253 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10255 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10257 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10258 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10260 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10261 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10262 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10263 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10264 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10265 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10267 For example:
10270 (epg-encrypt-string
10271 context
10273 nil))
10275 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10277 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10279 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10280 Delete selected KEYS.
10282 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10284 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10285 Import keys from FILE.
10287 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10290 Import keys from the region.
10292 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10294 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10295 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10296 between START and END.
10298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10300 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10301 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10303 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10305 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10306 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10308 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10312 ;;;***
10313 \f
10314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10317 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10318 Decrypt marked files.
10320 \(fn)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10323 Verify marked files.
10325 \(fn)" t nil)
10327 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10328 Sign marked files.
10330 \(fn)" t nil)
10332 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10333 Encrypt marked files.
10335 \(fn)" t nil)
10337 ;;;***
10338 \f
10339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10342 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10345 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10347 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10350 \(fn)" t nil)
10352 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10355 \(fn)" t nil)
10357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10359 ;;;***
10360 \f
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10364 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10365 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10367 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10368 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10372 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10373 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10374 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10376 \(fn)" t nil)
10378 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10380 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10381 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10382 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10384 \(fn)" t nil)
10386 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10388 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10389 Sign the current buffer.
10390 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10392 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10394 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10396 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10397 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10398 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10399 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10400 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10401 and also whether and how to sign.
10403 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10404 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10405 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10407 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10409 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10411 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10412 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10413 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10415 \(fn)" t nil)
10417 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10419 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10420 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10421 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10422 for a description of this minor mode.
10423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10425 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10427 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10429 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10430 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10433 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10439 ;;;***
10440 \f
10441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10442 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10443 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10445 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10446 Return a context object.
10448 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10452 ;;;***
10453 \f
10454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10455 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10457 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10458 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10459 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10460 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10462 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10463 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10464 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10465 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10466 version requirement is met.
10468 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10470 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10471 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10473 \(fn)" nil nil)
10475 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10477 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10478 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10480 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10482 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10483 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10485 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10489 ;;;***
10490 \f
10491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10492 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10493 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10495 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10496 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10498 \(fn)" nil nil)
10500 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10501 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10502 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10504 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10506 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10507 (server (erc-compute-server))
10508 (port (erc-compute-port))
10509 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10510 password
10511 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10513 That is, if called with
10517 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10518 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10519 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10521 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10523 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10525 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10526 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10527 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10529 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10531 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10532 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10533 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10534 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10536 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10540 ;;;***
10541 \f
10542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10543 ;;;;;; 0))
10544 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10545 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10549 ;;;***
10550 \f
10551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10552 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10556 ;;;***
10557 \f
10558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10560 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10564 ;;;***
10565 \f
10566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10567 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10568 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10576 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10580 ;;;***
10581 \f
10582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10584 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10586 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10587 Parser for /dcc command.
10588 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10590 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10592 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10594 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10595 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10597 \(fn)" nil nil)
10599 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10600 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10602 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10603 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10604 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10605 that subcommand.
10607 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10611 ;;;***
10612 \f
10613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10614 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10616 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10620 ;;;***
10621 \f
10622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10623 ;;;;;; 0))
10624 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10626 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10627 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10629 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10631 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10632 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10633 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10634 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10636 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10638 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10641 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10643 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10644 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10646 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10648 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10649 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10651 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10653 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10654 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10656 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10658 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10659 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10661 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10663 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10664 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10666 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10668 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10669 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10671 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10673 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10674 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10676 \(fn)" nil nil)
10678 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10679 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10681 \(fn)" nil nil)
10683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10685 ;;;***
10686 \f
10687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10688 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10689 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10691 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10692 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10693 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10695 \(fn)" nil nil)
10697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10699 ;;;***
10700 \f
10701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10702 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10706 ;;;***
10707 \f
10708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10709 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10713 ;;;***
10714 \f
10715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10716 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10717 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10719 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10720 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10721 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10722 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10723 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10724 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10725 system.
10727 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10729 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10732 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10739 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10741 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10744 \(fn)" nil nil)
10746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10748 ;;;***
10749 \f
10750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10751 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10752 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10763 ;;;***
10764 \f
10765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10767 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10771 ;;;***
10772 \f
10773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10775 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10777 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10778 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10779 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10780 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10781 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10782 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10784 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10786 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10787 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10788 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10789 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10791 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10792 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10793 automatically.
10795 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10796 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10798 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10802 ;;;***
10803 \f
10804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10806 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10808 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10809 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10811 \(fn)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10814 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10816 \(fn)" t nil)
10818 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10819 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10821 \(fn)" t nil)
10823 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10824 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10826 \(fn)" t nil)
10828 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10829 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10831 \(fn)" t nil)
10833 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10834 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10836 \(fn)" t nil)
10838 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10839 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10843 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10844 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10846 \(fn)" t nil)
10848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10850 ;;;***
10851 \f
10852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10854 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10858 ;;;***
10859 \f
10860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10861 ;;;;;; 0))
10862 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10863 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10865 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10866 Show who's gone.
10868 \(fn)" nil nil)
10870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10872 ;;;***
10873 \f
10874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10875 ;;;;;; 0))
10876 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10878 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10880 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10881 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10883 \(fn)" nil nil)
10885 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10886 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10888 \(fn)" t nil)
10890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10892 ;;;***
10893 \f
10894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10896 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10898 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10899 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10900 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10901 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10903 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10905 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10908 \(fn)" nil nil)
10910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10912 ;;;***
10913 \f
10914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10916 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10920 ;;;***
10921 \f
10922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10923 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10924 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10925 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10933 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10937 ;;;***
10938 \f
10939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10941 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10945 ;;;***
10946 \f
10947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10948 ;;;;;; 0))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10950 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10952 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10953 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10955 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10957 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10959 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10961 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10965 ;;;***
10966 \f
10967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10969 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10973 ;;;***
10974 \f
10975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10976 ;;;;;; 0))
10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10979 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10980 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10981 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10983 \(fn)" t nil)
10985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10987 ;;;***
10988 \f
10989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10990 ;;;;;; 0))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10992 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
11000 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
11002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
11004 ;;;***
11005 \f
11006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
11007 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
11009 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
11010 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
11011 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
11012 for a description of this minor mode.")
11014 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
11016 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
11017 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
11018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
11019 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11020 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11022 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
11023 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
11024 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
11025 keybindings will not do anything useful.
11027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11028 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
11030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
11032 ;;;***
11033 \f
11034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
11035 ;;;;;; 0))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
11037 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
11039 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
11040 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
11041 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
11042 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
11044 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11046 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
11047 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
11048 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
11050 \(fn)" t nil)
11052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
11054 ;;;***
11055 \f
11056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
11058 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
11060 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
11061 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
11063 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
11067 ;;;***
11068 \f
11069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
11072 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
11073 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
11075 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
11076 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
11078 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
11079 useful for assertions in BODY.
11081 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
11083 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
11084 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
11085 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
11089 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
11091 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
11093 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
11095 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11097 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
11098 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
11100 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
11101 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
11105 Returns the stats object.
11107 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11109 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
11110 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
11112 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
11113 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
11114 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
11115 the tests).
11117 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11119 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
11120 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
11122 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
11123 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
11124 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
11125 and how to display message.
11127 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
11129 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
11131 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
11132 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
11134 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
11136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
11138 ;;;***
11139 \f
11140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
11143 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11145 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
11146 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
11148 \(fn)" t nil)
11150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
11152 ;;;***
11153 \f
11154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
11157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
11159 ;;;***
11160 \f
11161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
11164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11166 ;;;***
11167 \f
11168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11173 ;;;***
11174 \f
11175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11176 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11180 ;;;***
11181 \f
11182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11185 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11186 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11188 \(fn)" t nil)
11190 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11192 ;;;***
11193 \f
11194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11195 ;;;;;; 0))
11196 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11200 ;;;***
11201 \f
11202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11207 ;;;***
11208 \f
11209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11210 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11214 ;;;***
11215 \f
11216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11221 ;;;***
11222 \f
11223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11224 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11228 ;;;***
11229 \f
11230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11232 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11234 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11235 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11236 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11237 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11238 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11239 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11240 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11241 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11242 buffer selected (or created).
11244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11246 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11247 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11248 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11250 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11252 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11253 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11254 The result might be any Lisp object.
11255 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11256 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11257 corresponding to a successful execution.
11259 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11261 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11265 ;;;***
11266 \f
11267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11270 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11271 File name of tags table.
11272 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11273 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11274 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11275 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11276 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11277 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11279 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11280 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11281 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11282 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11284 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11286 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11287 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11289 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11290 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11291 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11293 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11295 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11296 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11297 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11299 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11301 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11302 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11303 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11304 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11305 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11307 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11309 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11314 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11316 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11318 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11319 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11320 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11322 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11324 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11325 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11327 \(fn)" t nil)
11329 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11330 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11331 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11332 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11335 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11336 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11338 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11339 file the tag was in.
11341 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11343 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11344 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11345 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11346 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11347 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11348 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11349 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11350 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11351 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11352 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11353 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11354 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11356 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11358 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11359 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11360 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11361 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11362 without directory names.
11364 \(fn)" nil nil)
11366 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11369 \(fn)" nil nil)
11370 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11371 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11372 (progn
11373 (load "etags")
11374 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11376 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11377 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11378 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11379 but does not select the buffer.
11380 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11382 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11383 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11384 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11385 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11388 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11390 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11392 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11394 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11396 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11398 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11399 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11400 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11401 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11403 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11404 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11405 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11406 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11409 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11411 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11413 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11415 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11417 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11419 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11421 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11422 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11423 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11424 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11425 around or before point.
11427 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11428 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11429 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11430 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11433 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11435 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11437 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11439 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11441 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11443 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11445 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11446 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11447 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11448 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11449 around or before point.
11451 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11452 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11453 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11454 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11457 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11459 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11461 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11463 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11465 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11467 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11469 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11470 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11471 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11473 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11474 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11475 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11476 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11479 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11481 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11483 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11485 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11487 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11489 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11491 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11493 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11494 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11496 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11497 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11498 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11500 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11501 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11503 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11504 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11506 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11508 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11510 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11511 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11513 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11514 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11515 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11516 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11517 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11519 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11521 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11522 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11523 Stops when a match is found.
11526 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11527 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11528 restricted to these files.
11530 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11532 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11534 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11535 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11536 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11539 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11541 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11542 produce the list of files to search.
11544 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11546 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11548 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11549 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11550 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11551 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11552 directory specification.
11554 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11557 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11559 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11561 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11563 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11564 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11565 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11566 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11568 \(fn)" t nil)
11570 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11571 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11572 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11573 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11576 \(fn)" t nil)
11578 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11581 \(fn)" nil nil)
11583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11585 ;;;***
11586 \f
11587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11588 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11591 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11594 \(fn)" nil nil)
11596 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11597 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11599 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11600 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11602 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11603 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11604 primary language.
11606 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11607 even if the buffer is read-only.
11609 See also the descriptions of the variables
11610 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11612 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11614 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11615 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11617 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11618 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11620 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11621 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11622 primary language.
11624 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11625 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11627 See also the descriptions of the variables
11628 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11630 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11632 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11634 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11637 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11639 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11640 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11641 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11642 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11644 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11645 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11646 primary language.
11648 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11649 buffer is read-only.
11651 See also the descriptions of the variables
11652 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11653 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11655 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11657 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11658 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11660 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11661 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11663 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11664 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11665 the primary language.
11667 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11668 buffer is read-only.
11670 See also the descriptions of the variables
11671 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11672 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11674 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11676 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11680 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11682 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11683 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11687 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11688 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11690 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11691 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11692 be 1, 2, or 3.
11694 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11695 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11696 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11698 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11700 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11702 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11703 This function is deprecated.
11705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11707 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11708 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11710 \(fn)" t nil)
11712 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11713 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11715 \(fn)" t nil)
11717 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11718 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11721 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11723 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11724 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11726 \(fn)" nil nil)
11728 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11729 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11731 \(fn)" nil nil)
11733 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11734 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11736 \(fn)" nil nil)
11738 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11739 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11741 \(fn)" nil nil)
11743 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11744 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11745 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11747 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11749 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11752 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11756 ;;;***
11757 \f
11758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11759 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11761 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11762 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11763 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11764 server for future sessions.
11766 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11768 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11769 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11770 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11772 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11774 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11775 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11776 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11778 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11780 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11781 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11782 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11783 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11784 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11785 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11786 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11787 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11788 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11789 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11790 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11791 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11793 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11795 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11796 Display a form to query the directory server.
11797 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11798 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11800 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11802 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11803 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11804 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11808 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11812 ;;;***
11813 \f
11814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11818 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11823 Display URL and make it clickable.
11828 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11833 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11838 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11843 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11855 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11856 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11861 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11867 ;;;***
11868 \f
11869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11870 ;;;;;; 0))
11871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11874 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11880 ;;;***
11881 \f
11882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11887 ;;;***
11888 \f
11889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11894 ;;;***
11895 \f
11896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11901 ;;;***
11902 \f
11903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11908 ;;;***
11909 \f
11910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11914 Create an empty ewoc.
11916 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11918 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11919 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11920 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11921 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11922 `insert-before-markers'.
11924 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11925 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11926 respectively, of the ewoc.
11928 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11929 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11930 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11936 ;;;***
11937 \f
11938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11942 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11943 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11944 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11950 Fetch URL and render the page.
11951 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11952 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11958 Render FILE using EWW.
11963 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11964 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
11965 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
11966 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
11967 engine used.
11972 Mode for browsing the web.
11982 Display the bookmarks.
11988 ;;;***
11989 \f
11990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11991 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11995 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
12001 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12003 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
12004 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
12009 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
12010 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
12011 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
12012 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
12013 executable.
12018 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
12019 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
12020 file modes.
12024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
12026 ;;;***
12027 \f
12028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
12032 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
12033 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
12034 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
12036 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
12038 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
12039 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
12040 to generate such functions.
12042 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
12043 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
12044 beginning of the expanded text.
12046 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
12047 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
12048 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
12049 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
12051 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
12056 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
12057 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
12062 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12068 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12069 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
12077 ;;;***
12078 \f
12079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
12082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
12084 ;;;***
12085 \f
12086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
12090 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
12091 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
12099 Key definitions:
12102 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
12104 `f90-do-indent'
12105 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
12106 `f90-if-indent'
12107 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
12108 `f90-type-indent'
12109 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
12110 `f90-program-indent'
12111 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
12112 (default 2).
12113 `f90-associate-indent'
12114 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
12115 `f90-critical-indent'
12116 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
12117 `f90-continuation-indent'
12118 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
12119 `f90-comment-region'
12122 `f90-indented-comment-re'
12123 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
12125 `f90-directive-comment-re'
12128 `f90-break-delimiters'
12129 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
12131 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
12132 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
12133 (default t).
12134 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
12135 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
12136 `f90-smart-end'
12137 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
12138 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
12139 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
12140 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
12141 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
12142 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
12143 `f90-leave-line-no'
12144 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
12146 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
12147 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12153 ;;;***
12154 \f
12155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
12159 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
12160 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
12161 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
12163 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12164 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12165 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12166 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12167 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12169 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12170 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12171 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12172 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12173 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12174 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12175 attributes.
12177 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12178 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12183 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12184 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12185 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12190 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12191 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12192 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12194 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12195 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12196 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12198 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12199 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12200 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12201 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12206 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12207 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12209 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12210 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12211 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12212 the same amount).
12217 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12218 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12220 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12221 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12222 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12223 will remove any scaling currently active.
12228 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12229 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12238 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12240 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12242 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12243 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12245 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12246 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12247 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12249 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12250 the face height as long as the input event read
12251 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12253 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12254 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12255 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12256 will remove any scaling currently active.
12258 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12259 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12260 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12261 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12262 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12267 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12269 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12270 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12271 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12276 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12277 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12278 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12279 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12280 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12281 `buffer-face-mode'.
12283 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12284 local, and sets it to FACE.
12289 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12290 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12291 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12292 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12293 `face' text property.
12295 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12296 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12297 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12298 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12300 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12301 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12306 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12307 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12308 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12314 ;;;***
12315 \f
12316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12321 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12322 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12323 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12328 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12333 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12334 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12335 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12340 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12341 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12342 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12343 backup file names and the like).
12348 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12349 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12350 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12351 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12352 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12353 internally by feedmail):
12355 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12356 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12357 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12358 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12360 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12361 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12362 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12363 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12364 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12370 ;;;***
12371 \f
12372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12373 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12376 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12377 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12378 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12380 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12381 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12386 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12387 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12388 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12389 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12390 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12391 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12392 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12399 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12400 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12401 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12402 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12403 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12408 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12409 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12410 Return value:
12411 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12412 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12413 * otherwise, nil
12418 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12419 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12424 Try to get a file name at point.
12425 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12430 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12436 ;;;***
12437 \f
12438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12442 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12443 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12444 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12449 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12450 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12451 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12452 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12453 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12458 Add FILE to the file cache.
12463 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12464 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12469 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12470 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12475 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12476 This function does not use any external programs.
12477 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12478 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12479 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12484 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12485 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12486 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12487 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12488 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12489 \(directories) is done.
12493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12501 Handle file system monitoring event.
12502 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12504 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12506 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12512 ;;;***
12513 \f
12514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12518 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12520 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12521 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12522 Local Variables list.
12524 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12525 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12526 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12531 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12536 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12538 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12539 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12540 the -*- line.
12542 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12543 then this function adds it.
12548 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12553 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12558 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12563 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12568 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12573 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12581 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12582 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12583 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12584 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12586 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12587 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12588 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12589 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12590 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12595 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12596 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12597 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12598 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12600 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12601 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12602 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profile'. Then
12603 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12604 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12605 in order.
12610 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12611 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12612 will not be changed.
12617 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12618 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12626 ;;;***
12627 \f
12628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12629 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12632 Filesets initialization.
12633 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12639 ;;;***
12640 \f
12641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12642 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12646 Initiate the building of a find command.
12647 For example:
12654 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12655 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12661 ;;;***
12662 \f
12663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12664 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12667 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12668 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12672 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12678 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12679 and run Dired on those files.
12680 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12681 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12685 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12690 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12691 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12696 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12703 ;;;***
12704 \f
12705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12706 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12708 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12709 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12710 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12711 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12712 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12713 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12719 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12720 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12722 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12729 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12730 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12732 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12733 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12735 Variables of interest include:
12737 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12738 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12739 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12741 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12742 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12743 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12745 - `ff-ignore-include'
12746 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12748 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12749 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12751 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12752 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12754 - `ff-special-constructs'
12755 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12756 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12757 extracting the filename from that construct.
12759 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12760 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12762 - `ff-search-directories'
12763 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12764 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12766 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12767 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12769 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12770 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12772 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12773 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12775 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12776 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12778 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12779 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12784 Visit the file you click on.
12789 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12795 ;;;***
12796 \f
12797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12798 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12802 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12804 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12809 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12811 See `find-library' for more details.
12816 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12818 See `find-library' for more details.
12823 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12824 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12825 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12827 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12828 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12829 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12830 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12835 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12837 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12838 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12839 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12840 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12842 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12843 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12844 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12846 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12847 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12848 in `load-path'.
12853 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12855 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12856 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12857 places point before the definition.
12858 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12860 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12861 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12862 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12867 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12869 See `find-function' for more details.
12874 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12876 See `find-function' for more details.
12881 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12883 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12884 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12885 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12887 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12888 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12893 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12895 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12896 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12897 places point before the definition.
12899 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12901 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12902 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12903 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12908 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12910 See `find-variable' for more details.
12915 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12917 See `find-variable' for more details.
12922 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12923 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12924 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12925 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12926 buffer nor display it.
12928 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12929 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12934 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12936 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12937 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12938 places point before the definition.
12940 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12942 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12943 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12944 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12949 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12950 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12955 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12956 See `find-function-on-key'.
12961 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12962 See `find-function-on-key'.
12967 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12972 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12977 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12983 ;;;***
12984 \f
12985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12989 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12994 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12999 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
13003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
13005 ;;;***
13006 \f
13007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
13008 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
13012 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
13017 Display FILE's commentary section.
13018 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
13023 Find packages matching a given keyword.
13027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
13029 ;;;***
13030 \f
13031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
13035 Toggle flow control handling.
13037 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
13042 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
13044 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
13046 to get the effect of a C-q.
13050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
13052 ;;;***
13053 \f
13054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
13055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
13067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
13069 ;;;***
13070 \f
13071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
13075 ;;;***
13076 \f
13077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-proc" "progmodes/flymake-proc.el"
13078 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
13079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-proc.el
13082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-proc" '("flymake-")))
13084 ;;;***
13085 \f
13086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-ui" "progmodes/flymake-ui.el" (0 0
13087 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-ui.el
13092 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
13093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
13094 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13095 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
13101 Turn flymake mode on.
13106 Turn flymake mode off.
13115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-ui" '("flymake-")))
13117 ;;;***
13118 \f
13119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13123 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13129 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13130 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13131 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13132 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13134 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13135 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13136 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13138 Bindings:
13144 Hooks:
13145 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13147 Remark:
13148 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13149 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13150 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13152 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13153 consider adding:
13155 in your init file.
13163 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13168 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13173 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13178 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13183 Flyspell whole buffer.
13187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13189 ;;;***
13190 \f
13191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13192 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13197 ;;;***
13198 \f
13199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13200 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13203 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13208 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13213 Toggle Follow mode.
13214 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13215 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13216 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13218 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13219 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13221 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13222 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13223 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13225 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13226 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13227 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13228 movement commands.
13230 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13231 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13232 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13233 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13234 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13235 mileage may vary).
13237 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13240 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13242 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13244 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13250 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13251 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13253 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13254 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13256 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13257 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13259 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13264 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13265 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13267 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13268 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13270 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13271 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13273 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13278 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13280 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13281 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13283 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13284 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13286 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13291 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13293 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13294 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13296 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13297 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13299 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13304 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13306 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13307 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13308 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13309 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13310 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13311 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13313 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13314 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13315 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13321 ;;;***
13322 \f
13323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13324 ;;;;;; 0))
13325 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13329 ;;;***
13330 \f
13331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13336 Toggle Footnote mode.
13337 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13338 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13339 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13341 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13342 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13343 play around with the following keys:
13348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13350 ;;;***
13351 \f
13352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13353 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13360 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13363 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13365 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13366 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13367 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13368 C-c < forms-first-record <
13369 C-c > forms-last-record >
13370 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13371 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13372 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13373 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13374 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13375 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13376 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13377 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13378 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13379 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13384 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13389 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13395 ;;;***
13396 \f
13397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13401 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13402 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13405 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13409 Key definitions:
13412 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13414 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13416 `fortran-do-indent'
13417 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13418 `fortran-if-indent'
13419 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13420 `fortran-structure-indent'
13421 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13422 (default 3)
13423 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13424 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13425 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13426 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13427 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13428 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13429 nil don't change the indentation
13430 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13431 value of either
13432 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13433 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13434 depending on the continuation format in use.
13435 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13436 indentation for a line of code.
13437 (default `fixed')
13438 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13439 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13441 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13442 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13443 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13444 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13445 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13446 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13447 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13448 column 5.
13449 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13451 statements (default nil).
13452 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13454 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13455 `fortran-continuation-string'
13456 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13458 `fortran-comment-region'
13461 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13462 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13463 as typed (default t).
13464 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13465 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13467 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13468 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13474 ;;;***
13475 \f
13476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13480 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13482 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13483 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13488 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13490 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13491 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13496 Compile fortune file.
13498 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13499 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13504 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13506 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13507 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13508 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13509 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13514 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13515 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13516 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13521 Display a fortune cookie.
13522 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13523 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13524 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13525 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13531 ;;;***
13532 \f
13533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13534 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13536 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13537 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13540 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13541 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13545 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13547 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13548 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13550 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13551 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13552 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13553 intend to modify existing values, do
13555 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13557 before changing anything.
13559 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13560 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13562 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13563 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13564 to restore the frame.
13566 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13567 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13568 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13570 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13571 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13572 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13573 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13574 FILTER A filter function.
13576 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13577 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13579 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13581 where
13583 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13584 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13585 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13586 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13587 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13588 before restoring it.
13589 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13591 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13592 It must return:
13593 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13594 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13595 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13597 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13601 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13602 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13603 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13604 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13605 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13606 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13611 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13616 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13617 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13618 If nil, check all live frames.
13623 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13624 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13625 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13626 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13627 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13628 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13629 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13630 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13631 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13632 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13637 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13639 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13640 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13641 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13642 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13643 and window-state is not restored.
13645 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13646 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13648 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13649 t All existing frames can be reused.
13650 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13651 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13652 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13653 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13655 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13656 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13657 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13658 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13659 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13660 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13661 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13662 be created from that parameter alist.
13664 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13665 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13666 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13667 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13668 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13669 - the live frame just restored,
13670 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13671 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13672 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13675 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13676 nil Keep all frames.
13677 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13678 - FRAME, a live frame.
13679 - ACTION, which can be one of
13680 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13681 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13682 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13683 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13684 Return value is ignored.
13686 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13687 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13688 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13689 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13690 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13692 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13694 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13697 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13698 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13703 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13704 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13709 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13711 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13713 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13719 ;;;***
13720 \f
13721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13726 ;;;***
13727 \f
13728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13734 ;;;***
13735 \f
13736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13741 ;;;***
13742 \f
13743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13747 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13748 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13754 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13755 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13756 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13757 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13758 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13759 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13764 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13766 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13767 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13768 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13769 for your debugger.
13770 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13771 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13772 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13773 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13778 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13779 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13780 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13781 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13783 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13784 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13785 shown in some of the buffers.
13787 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13789 The following commands help control operation :
13791 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13792 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13794 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13795 detailed description of this mode.
13798 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13799 | GDB Toolbar |
13800 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13801 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13802 | | |
13803 | | |
13804 | | |
13805 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13806 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13807 | | (comint-mode) |
13808 | | |
13809 | | |
13810 | | |
13811 | | |
13812 | | |
13813 | | |
13814 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13815 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13816 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13817 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13818 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13819 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13825 ;;;***
13826 \f
13827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13828 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13833 ;;;***
13834 \f
13835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13839 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13840 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13844 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13846 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13847 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13848 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13849 documentation string instead.
13851 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13852 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13856 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13857 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13858 enders are actually possible.
13860 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13861 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13863 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13864 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13865 `font-lock-keywords'.
13867 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13868 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13869 runs the macro expansion.
13871 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13872 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13873 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13875 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13877 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13884 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13889 Enter generic mode MODE.
13891 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13893 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13895 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13896 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13901 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13902 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13903 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13904 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13905 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13906 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13907 `font-lock-keywords'.
13913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13915 ;;;***
13916 \f
13917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13922 ;;;***
13923 \f
13924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13928 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13929 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13930 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13931 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13932 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13938 ;;;***
13939 \f
13940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13944 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13945 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13950 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13952 Guideline for numbers:
13953 1 - error messages
13954 3 - non-serious error messages
13955 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13956 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13957 9 - messages inside loops.
13962 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13963 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13968 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13973 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13975 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13976 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13978 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13979 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13980 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13982 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13983 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13988 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13994 ;;;***
13995 \f
13996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
14003 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
14008 Read network news.
14009 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
14010 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
14011 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
14012 name of an NNTP server to use.
14013 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
14014 server.
14019 Read news as a slave.
14024 Pop up a frame to read news.
14025 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
14026 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
14027 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
14028 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
14029 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
14031 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
14032 current display is used.
14037 Read network news.
14038 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
14039 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
14040 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
14046 ;;;***
14047 \f
14048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
14049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
14052 Start Gnus unplugged.
14057 Start Gnus plugged.
14062 Read news as a slave unplugged.
14067 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
14069 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
14070 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
14071 customize gnus-agent to nil.
14073 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
14074 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
14075 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
14080 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
14085 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14086 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14087 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14088 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14089 supported.
14094 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14095 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14096 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14097 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14098 supported.
14103 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14108 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14109 downloaded into the agent.
14114 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14115 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14116 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14121 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14126 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14131 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14132 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14138 ;;;***
14139 \f
14140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14144 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14157 ;;;***
14158 \f
14159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14164 ;;;***
14165 \f
14166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14167 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14171 Set a bookmark for this article.
14176 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14181 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14182 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14183 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14184 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14190 ;;;***
14191 \f
14192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14196 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14198 Usage:
14199 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14204 Generate the cache active file.
14209 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14214 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14215 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14216 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14217 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14218 supported.
14223 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14224 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14225 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14226 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14227 supported.
14231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
14240 ;;;***
14241 \f
14242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14247 ;;;***
14248 \f
14249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14254 ;;;***
14255 \f
14256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14260 Delay this article by some time.
14261 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14263 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14264 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14266 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14267 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14269 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14270 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14275 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14280 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14281 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14282 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14284 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14285 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14291 ;;;***
14292 \f
14293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14298 ;;;***
14299 \f
14300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14315 ;;;***
14316 \f
14317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14321 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14327 ;;;***
14328 \f
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14333 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14339 ;;;***
14340 \f
14341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14346 ;;;***
14347 \f
14348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14353 ;;;***
14354 \f
14355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14359 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14366 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14368 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14373 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14378 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14380 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14381 different input formats.
14386 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14388 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14389 different input formats.
14394 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14395 The PNG is returned as a string.
14400 Convert FILE to a Face.
14401 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14402 726 bytes.
14407 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14409 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14414 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14420 ;;;***
14421 \f
14422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14423 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14427 Display gravatar in the From header.
14428 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14433 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14434 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14440 ;;;***
14441 \f
14442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14446 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14447 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14448 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14453 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14459 ;;;***
14460 \f
14461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14476 ;;;***
14477 \f
14478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14479 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14484 ;;;***
14485 \f
14486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14491 ;;;***
14492 \f
14493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14499 Run batched scoring.
14500 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14506 ;;;***
14507 \f
14508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14513 ;;;***
14514 \f
14515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14520 ;;;***
14521 \f
14522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14531 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14532 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14537 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14545 ;;;***
14546 \f
14547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14551 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14552 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14553 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14554 group parameters.
14556 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14557 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14558 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14559 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14561 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14562 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14563 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14564 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14565 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14566 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14567 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14568 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14569 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14570 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14575 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14576 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14577 nil CATCH-ALL).
14579 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14580 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14585 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14586 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14588 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14593 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14594 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14596 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14598 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14599 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14600 existing groups are considered.
14602 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14603 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14604 returned.
14606 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14607 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14608 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14609 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14610 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14611 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14612 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14613 clauses will be generated.
14615 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14616 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14617 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14618 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14619 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14620 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14622 For example, given the following group parameters:
14624 nnml:mail.bar:
14627 nnml:mail.foo:
14632 nnml:mail.others:
14633 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14647 ;;;***
14648 \f
14649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14653 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14654 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14655 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14656 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14657 instead.
14659 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14662 Mail to ADDRESS.
14667 Like `message-reply'.
14671 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14675 ;;;***
14676 \f
14677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14678 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14682 Send a notification on new message.
14683 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14684 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14685 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14687 This is typically a function to add in
14688 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14694 ;;;***
14695 \f
14696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14700 Display picons in the From header.
14701 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14706 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14707 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14712 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14713 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14719 ;;;***
14720 \f
14721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14725 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14726 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14727 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14732 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14733 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14734 LIST1 is modified.
14739 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14740 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14750 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14751 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14756 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14757 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14764 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14765 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14770 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14771 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14776 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14777 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14782 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14788 ;;;***
14789 \f
14790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14791 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14795 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14800 Install the registry hooks.
14804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14806 ;;;***
14807 \f
14808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14809 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14814 ;;;***
14815 \f
14816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14821 ;;;***
14822 \f
14823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14828 ;;;***
14829 \f
14830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14834 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14835 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14836 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14837 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14838 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14843 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14844 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14845 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14846 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14857 ;;;***
14858 \f
14859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14863 Update the format specification near point.
14867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14869 ;;;***
14870 \f
14871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14876 ;;;***
14877 \f
14878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14882 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14888 ;;;***
14889 \f
14890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14894 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14895 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14901 ;;;***
14902 \f
14903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14908 ;;;***
14909 \f
14910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14915 ;;;***
14916 \f
14917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14922 ;;;***
14923 \f
14924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14929 ;;;***
14930 \f
14931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14936 ;;;***
14937 \f
14938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14942 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14948 ;;;***
14949 \f
14950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14954 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14955 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14956 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14957 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14958 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14966 ;;;***
14967 \f
14968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14972 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14974 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14975 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14976 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14978 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14979 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14980 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14982 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14985 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14986 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14994 ;;;***
14995 \f
14996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14997 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
15002 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
15003 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
15004 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
15005 there, then load the URL at or before point.
15010 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
15011 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
15012 or to send e-mail.
15013 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
15014 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
15016 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
15017 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
15023 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
15024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15025 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15026 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15031 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
15035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
15037 ;;;***
15038 \f
15039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
15040 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
15043 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
15044 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
15049 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
15053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
15055 ;;;***
15056 \f
15057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
15067 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
15068 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
15069 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
15071 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15072 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15079 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15080 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use